blob: d624e4d4681aa85f6bcc559c2111e3d0e43fcc75 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.0. Last change: 2023 Feb 26
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100218and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
Bram Moolenaar75ab5902022-04-18 15:36:40 +0100219an error when using other characters. The maximum length of a group name is
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +0000220about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100503 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
599Default: "fallback"
600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100695 *g:html_no_doc*
696Default: 0.
697When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
698<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
699define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
700settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
701
702
703 *g:html_no_links*
704Default: 0.
705Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
706
707 *g:html_no_modeline*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
710
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200711 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100712Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
713 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
714 1 otherwise.
715When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200716number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100717When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200718are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
719allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
720the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
721indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
722
723Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
724 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
725<
726Force tabs to be expanded: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
728<
729 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
730It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
731|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
732
733If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
734for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
735'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
736set to match the chosen document encoding.
737
738Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
739|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
740wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
741encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
742below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
743
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100744Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200745the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
746
747 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
748 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
749
750 *g:html_use_encoding*
751Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
752To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
753name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
754something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
755webserver: >
756 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
757You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
758entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
760To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
761variable: >
762 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
763<
764 *g:html_encoding_override*
765Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
766 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
767This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
768specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
769list of conversions.
770
771This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
772pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
773
774Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
775 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
776<
777 *g:html_charset_override*
778Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
779 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
780 browser support.
781This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
782'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
783use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
784TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
785and UTF-32 instead, use: >
786 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
787
788Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
789compatibility problems with some major browsers.
790
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200791 *g:html_font*
792Default: "monospace"
793You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
794g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
795surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
796item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
797way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
798result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
799Examples: >
800
801 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
802 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
803
804 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
806<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200807 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
808Default: 0.
809When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
810When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
811>
812 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
813<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100814==============================================================================
8155. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
816
817 *b:current_syntax-variable*
818Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
819"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
820settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
821 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
822 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
823 :au BufReadPost * endif
824
825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
830any value to the respective variable. Example: >
831 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
832To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
833 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
834
835Variable Highlight ~
836abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
837abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
838
839
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000840ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000842See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000848by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000850and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
853
854will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
855
856 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
857 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
858 ]]></script>
859
860See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
861
862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000863APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000864
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100865The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
866version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
869 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000870ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
871 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
874doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
875startup vimrc: >
876 :let filetype_i = "asm"
877Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
878
879There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
880extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
881line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
882files are included:
883 asm GNU assembly (the default)
884 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
885 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
886 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
887 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
888 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
889 nasm Netwide assembly
890 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
891 MMX)
892 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
893
894The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100895 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100897one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200898immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
899equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
900between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
901particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
902highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000903
904The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
905b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000906 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
909the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
910language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000911 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000912
913As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
914
915
916Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
917
918To enable a feature: >
919 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
920To disable a feature: >
921 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
922
923Variable Highlight ~
924nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
925 (parser dependent; not recommended)
926nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
927nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
928
929
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000930ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000931
932*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
933hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
934using. For Perl script use: >
935 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
936 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
937For Visual Basic use: >
938 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
939 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
940
941
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000942BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000943
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200944The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000945for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
946are supported.
947
948Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
949in ones |.vimrc|: >
950 let baan_code_stds=1
951
952*baan-folding*
953
954Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
955mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
956source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
957
958To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
959 let baan_fold=1
960Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
961indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
962considered equal to a tab). >
963 let baan_fold_block=1
964Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000965SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000966match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000968Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000969the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
970.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
971 set foldminlines=5
972 set foldnestmax=6
973
974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000975BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000976
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000977Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
979five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
980otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
981Basic.
982
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000983If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
984example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
985 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000988C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000989
990A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100991(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000992 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100993 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
994To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100998An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
999 :set filetype=cpp
1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1003*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
1004*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1005*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
1006*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1007*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1008*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001009 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +02001010 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1011 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1013 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001014*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
1015*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1016*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1017*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1018*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001019 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1021*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1022*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1023*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1024*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001026When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1027become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1028 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001029"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1030 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001032If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1033when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1034to a larger number: >
1035 :let c_minlines = 100
1036This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1037displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1038disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1039
1040When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1041works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1042you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1043
1044To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1045Example: >
1046 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1047 :function MyCadd()
1048 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1049 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1050 : hi link cMyItem Title
1051 :endfun
1052
1053ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1054"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1055not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1056highlighting: >
1057 :hi link cConstant NONE
1058
1059If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1060highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1061
1062If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001063in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001064~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065 syn sync fromstart
1066 set foldmethod=syntax
1067
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001068CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001069
1070C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1071the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1072
1073By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1074of C or C++: >
1075 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001078CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001079
1080Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1081that are available. Additionally there is:
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1084chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1085chill_minlines like c_minlines
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001088CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089
1090ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1091If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1092 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1093This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1094"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1095file).
1096
1097You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1098 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1099Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1100 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1101This works immediately.
1102
1103
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001104CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1107
1108Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1109but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1110|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1111syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001112>
1113 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001114 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1115 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116 \ }
1117<
1118Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1119
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1121this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1122dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1125"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1126namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001128
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001129 *g:clojure_fold*
1130
1131Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1132list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1133the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1134
1135
1136 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1137
1138Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1139reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001140>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141 #_(defn foo [x]
1142 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001143<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001144Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1145(e.g. `#_#_`).
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001148COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001149
1150COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1151development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1152versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1153add this line to your .vimrc: >
1154 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1155To disable it again, use this: >
1156 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1157
1158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001159COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001161The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1163
1164 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1165
1166The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1167
1168
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001169CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1170
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001171Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001172
1173Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001174cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001175cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001176cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1177cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
1182This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1183used.
1184
1185Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1186symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1187between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001188"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1189>
1190 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191
1192For using tcsh: >
1193
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1197tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001198will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1200variable.
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
1205Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001206hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001208normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001209line to your .vimrc file: >
1210
1211 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1212
1213Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1216
1217To disable these again, use this: >
1218
1219 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1220 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1221<
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1226doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1227startup vimrc: >
1228 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1229
1230
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001231DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1232
1233Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1234used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1235a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1236from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1237
1238More information about the language and its development environment at the
1239official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1240
1241dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1242type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1243and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1244framework.
1245
1246Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1247
1248https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1249
1250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001251DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001254according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001255https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1256To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1257 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1258Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1259To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1260 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1261g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001264DIFF *diff.vim*
1265
1266The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1267there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1268
1269 :let diff_translations = 0
1270
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001271Also see |diff-slow|.
1272
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001273
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001274DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001275
1276The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1277provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1278the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1279versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1280uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1281line to your startup file: >
1282 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1283
1284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001285DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001286DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1287DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001288
1289There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1290are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1291automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1292defaults to XML.
1293You can set the type manually: >
1294 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1295or: >
1296 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1297You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1298Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1299 :set filetype=docbksgml
1300or: >
1301 :set filetype=docbkxml
1302
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001303You can specify the DocBook version: >
1304 :let docbk_ver = 3
1305When not set 4 is used.
1306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001307
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001308DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001310Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1311supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1312NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1313and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314Select the version you want with the following line: >
1315
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001316 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
1318If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001319Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001320
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001321The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1322alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1323current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1324inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1325Stack Overflow -
1326
1327https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1328
1329To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
1330Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
1331dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
1332
1333 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1334
1335There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001336"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1337is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001338
1339 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1340
1341If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1342
1343
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001344DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1345
1346Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001347(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1348idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001349
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001350There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1351explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1352Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001353 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1354or >
1355 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1356
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001357It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1358the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1359adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001360 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1361
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001362There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1363and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001364
1365Variable Default Effect ~
1366g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1367g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1368 doxygen comments.
1369
1370doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1371 and html_my_rendering underline.
1372
1373doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1374 colour highlighting.
1375
1376doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001377 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001378
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001379There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001380configuration.
1381
1382Highlight Effect ~
1383doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1384 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1385doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1386 \endlink from a \link section.
1387
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001388
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001389DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001390
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001391The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001392case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1393
1394 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1395
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001396The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001397this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1398
1399 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1400
1401before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1402Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1403'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1404Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1405highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001406delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001407
1408 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1409
1410The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1411
1412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001413EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414
1415While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001416syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1417highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001418highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1419
1420 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1421
1422Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1423
1424Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1425
1426 :let eiffel_strict=1
1427 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1428
1429Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1430five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1431"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1432
1433Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1434guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1435lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1436
1437If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1438"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1439
1440 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1441
1442instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1443
1444Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1445experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1446
1447 :let eiffel_ise=1
1448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450
1451 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1452
1453to your startup file.
1454
1455
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001456EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1457
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001458Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001459version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001460Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1461
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001462Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1463for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1465
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001466The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1467
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001468 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1469 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1470
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001471To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1473add the following line to your startup file: >
1474
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001475 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001476
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001477< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001478
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001479 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1480
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001481Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001482specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1483file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1484filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1485Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001486
1487
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001488ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001489
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001490Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001491the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001492
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001493The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1494put the following line in your vimrc: >
1495
1496 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1497
1498To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1499
1500 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001501
1502
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001503ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1504
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001505Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1506maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001507
1508The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1509
1510 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1511
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001512Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001513specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1514file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1515filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1516Elixir.
1517
1518
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001519FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1520
1521FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001522NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001523development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001524
1525Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1526syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1527editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1528start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1529'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1530(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1531and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1532
1533If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1534move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1535 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1536
1537
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001538FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539
1540The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1541modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001542following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001543J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1544
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001545If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001546redefine the following syntax groups:
1547
1548 - formConditional
1549 - formNumber
1550 - formStatement
1551 - formHeaderStatement
1552 - formComment
1553 - formPreProc
1554 - formDirective
1555 - formType
1556 - formString
1557
1558Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1559directives per default in the same syntax group.
1560
1561A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001562header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1564
1565 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1566
1567The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001568gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001569conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1570
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001571Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1572should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1573the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1574
1575If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1576example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1577 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1578
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001580FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1581
1582Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1583doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1584startup vimrc: >
1585 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1586
1587
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001588FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001589
1590Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001591Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001592should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1593almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001594
1595Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001596Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001597syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1598
1599When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001600form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001601 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001602in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1603source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1605in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1606
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001607If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1608extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1609file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1610will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1611on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001612
1613When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1614source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001615fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001617determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1618using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1619compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1620free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1621columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1622are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1623algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1624file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1625incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1626just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001627of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628
1629Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001630Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001631fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001632Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1633using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1635 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001636placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001637mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1638
1639Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1640If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1641fortran_fold with a command such as >
1642 :let fortran_fold=1
1643to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1644is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001645subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001646also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1647 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1648then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001649case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001650fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1651 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1652then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001653lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001654
1655If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1656fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001657you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001658units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1659unit.
1660
1661More precise fortran syntax ~
1662If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1663 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001664then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001665statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1666recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1667construct.
1668
1669Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001670The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1671find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1672deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1673items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001674
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001675If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1676other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001677that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001678
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001679The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1680the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1681to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1682fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1683ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001684
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001685If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1686set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1687ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1688an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1689contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001690 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1691 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001692 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001693 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001694 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001695 endif
1696Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1697precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1698
1699Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001700the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1701by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1702f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1703files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1704identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1705Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001706 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001707
1708For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1709now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1710silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001711instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001712
1713The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1714comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1715non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1716or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001717items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001718
1719Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001720Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1721strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1723
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001724For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1725|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001727FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1728
1729FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1730dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1731for how to select the correct dialect.
1732
1733Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1734
1735Variable Highlight ~
1736*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1737*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1738*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1739*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1740
1741
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001743FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001744
1745In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1746the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1747appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1748patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1749number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1750
1751For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1752as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1753
1754 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1755 \ set filetype=fvwm
1756
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001757GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001758
1759The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1760the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1761is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1762are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1763
1764 htmlString
1765 htmlValue
1766 htmlEndTag
1767 htmlTag
1768 htmlTagN
1769
1770Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1771java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1772group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1773correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1774to the contains clause.
1775
1776The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1777group to make them easier to see.
1778
1779
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001780GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001781
1782The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001783under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001784of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1785filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1786(see |filetype.txt|).
1787
1788
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001789HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001790
1791The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001792Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1794
1795If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1796light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1797 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1798To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1799add: >
1800 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1801To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1802 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1803And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1804 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1805If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1806your .vimrc: >
1807 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1808
1809The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1810directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001811directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1812operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001813as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1814 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1815
1816The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1817automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1818TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001819or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820in your .vimrc >
1821 :let lhs_markup = none
1822for no highlighting at all, or >
1823 :let lhs_markup = tex
1824to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1825For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1826this variable, so e.g. >
1827 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001828will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001829set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1830loading a file.
1831
1832
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001833HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001834
1835The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1836
1837The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1838This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001839closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1840are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841
1842Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1843names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1844makes it easy to spot errors
1845
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001846Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001847names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1848
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1851text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1852while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001853only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001854<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001855
1856If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1857following syntax groups:
1858
1859 - htmlBold
1860 - htmlBoldUnderline
1861 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1862 - htmlUnderline
1863 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1864 - htmlItalic
1865 - htmlTitle for titles
1866 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1867
1868To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1869of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1870following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1871are read during initialization) >
1872 :let html_my_rendering=1
1873
1874If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1875http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1876
1877You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1878vimrc file: >
1879 :let html_no_rendering=1
1880
1881HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1882details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1883However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001884ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1886
1887JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1888'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001889programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1890currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001891
1892Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1893
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001894There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1895written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001896following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1897(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001898>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001899 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1900 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1901
1902Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1903the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1904
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001905 *html-folding*
1906The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1907and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1908
1909 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1910 :set foldmethod=syntax
1911
1912Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1913especially for large files.
1914
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001915
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001916HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917
1918The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1919
1920Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1921doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1922this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1923different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1924 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1925
1926Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1927
1928Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1929signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1930a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1931 :set syntax=htmlos
1932
1933Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1934block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1935
1936
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001937IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001938
1939Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1940how to recognize this filetype.
1941
1942To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1943 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1944
1945
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001946INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001947
1948Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1949most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1950to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1951 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1952
1953By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1954and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1955you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1956need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1957 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1958
1959This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1960set of highlighted system functions.
1961
1962The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1963it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1964by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1965startup sequence: >
1966 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1967
1968By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1969version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1970Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1971startup sequence: >
1972 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1973
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001974IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1975
1976IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1977Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1978
1979IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1980rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001981repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001982
1983There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1984are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1985
1986The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1987
1988Variable Effect ~
1989
1990idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1991 extensions
1992idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1993idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1994 quite helpful)
1995idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1996
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001997
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001998JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001999
2000The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
2001
2002In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2003flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002004classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2005old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002006 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2007
2008All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2009highlight them use: >
2010 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2011
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002012You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002013download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2014If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2015use the following: >
2016 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2017Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2018
2019Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002020how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002021functions:
2022
2023If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2024a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2025 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2026However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2027supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2028 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2029If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2030declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2031definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2032original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2033
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002034In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002035only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002036statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037your startup file: >
2038 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2039The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002040characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041new highlightings for the following groups.:
2042 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2043which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002044strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002045have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002046
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002047Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2048creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2049similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2050and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002051 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2052 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2053 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2054 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2055 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002056 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002057 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2058To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2059 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2060
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002061If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2062can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2063scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2064actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2065CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002066 :let java_javascript=1
2067 :let java_css=1
2068 :let java_vb=1
2069
2070In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2071for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2072 :hi link javaParen Comment
2073or >
2074 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2075
2076If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2077when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2078to a larger number: >
2079 :let java_minlines = 50
2080This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2081displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2082number is that redrawing can become slow.
2083
2084
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002085JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2086
2087The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2088default. To disable concealment: >
2089 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2090
2091To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2092 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2093
2094
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002095LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002096
2097Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2098style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2099define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2100 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2101
2102
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002103LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002104
2105Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2106gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2107 :syn sync minlines=300
2108may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2109difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2110
2111
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002112LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2113
2114To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2115
2116 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2117<
2118
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002119LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2120
2121The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2122
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002123 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002124 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2125 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002126 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002127 of parenthesization will receive different
2128 highlighting.
2129<
2130The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2131the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2132colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2133specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002134usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002135highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2136
2137
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002138LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002139
2140There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2141
2142If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2143
2144 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2145
2146For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2147set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2148
2149 :let lite_minlines = 200
2150
2151
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002152LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002153
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002154LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2156users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2157should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2158
2159 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2160
2161If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2162modeline. For a LPC file:
2163
2164 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2165
2166For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2167
2168 // vim:set ft=c:
2169
2170If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2171
2172There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002173used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002174and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002175assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002176you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2177
2178 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2179
2180For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2181
2182 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2183
2184For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2185
2186 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2187
2188For uLPC series of LPC:
2189uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2190instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2191
2192
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002193LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002195The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002196the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2197lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021985.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002199
2200 :let lua_version = 5
2201 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002202
2203
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002204MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002205
2206Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002207quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2209whitespaces and end with a newline.
2210
2211Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002212as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002213only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2214
2215By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002216displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002217with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2218
2219 :let mail_minlines = 30
2220
2221
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002222MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223
2224In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2225errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2226feature off by using: >
2227
2228 :let make_no_commands = 1
2229
2230
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002231MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002232
2233Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2234supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2235The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2236highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2237
2238 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2239
2240to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2241choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22421, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2243$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2244
2245 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2246 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2247 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2248 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2249 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2250 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2251 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2252 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2253 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2254
2255
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002256MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2257
2258If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2259slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2260the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2261
2262 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2263
2264
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002265MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002266
2267Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2268have the following in your .vimrc: >
2269
2270 let filetype_m = "mma"
2271
2272
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002273MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002274
2275If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2276highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2277comments: >
2278
2279 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2280
2281To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2282
2283 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2284
2285To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2286'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2287
2288 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2289
2290Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2291
2292 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2293
2294To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2295
2296 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2297
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002298Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002299use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2300To enable this option: >
2301
2302 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2303
2304An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2305
2306 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2307
2308
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002309MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002310
2311There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2312
2313If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2314
2315 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2316
2317For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2318set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2319
2320 :let msql_minlines = 200
2321
2322
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002323N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2324
2325N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2326Couchbase Server databases.
2327
2328Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2329and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2330many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2331
2332
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002333NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002334
2335There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2336
2337If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2338errors, use this: >
2339
2340 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2341
2342If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2343
2344
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002345NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002346
2347The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2348activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2349can use them.
2350
2351For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002352processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002353features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2354|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002355
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002356 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357
2358Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2359Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2360there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002361you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002362can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2363native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2364\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2365accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2366environments.
2367
2368In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2369follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2370
23711. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2372
23732. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2374 exclamation mark, etc.
2375
23763. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2377 carriage return.
2378
2379The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2380algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2381
2382Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2383furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2384vertical space input will be output as is.
2385
2386Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2387than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2388practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002389marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002390need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002391spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2392
2393 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2394
2395Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2396with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2397highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002398"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399
2400 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2401 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2402 \ gui=reverse,bold
2403
2404If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2405with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2406file: >
2407
2408 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2409
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002410As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002411paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2412
2413Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2414groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2415
2416
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002417OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002418
2419The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2420.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2421
2422 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2423
2424you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2425by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2426
2427 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2428
2429prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2430contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2431
2432
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002433PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002434
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002435The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002436and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002437as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2438sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002439you set the variable: >
2440
2441 :let papp_include_html=1
2442
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002443in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002444sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002445edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002446
2447The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2448http://papp.plan9.de.
2449
2450
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002451PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002452
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002453Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2454could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2455or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002456
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002457 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2458 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002459
2460The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2461provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002462Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002463enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2464following line to your startup file: >
2465
2466 :let pascal_traditional=1
2467
2468To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2469keywords, etc): >
2470
2471 :let pascal_delphi=1
2472
2473
2474The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2475*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2476operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2477
2478 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2479
2480Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2481
2482 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2483
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002484Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002485pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2486match Turbo Pascal. >
2487
2488 :let pascal_gpc=1
2489
2490or >
2491
2492 :let pascal_fpc=1
2493
2494To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2495pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2496
2497 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2498
2499If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2500will be highlighted as Error. >
2501
2502 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2503
2504
2505
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002506PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002507
2508There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2509
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002510Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2511to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2512files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002513
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002514 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002515
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002516To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002517off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002518
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002519To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2520from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002521
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002522 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002524(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2525enabled it.)
2526
2527If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2528
2529 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2530
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002531(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002532
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002533The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2534be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002535perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2536
2537 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2538 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2539 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2540
2541(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2542
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002543The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002544synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2545If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002546then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2547figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002548
2549One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2550
2551 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2552 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2553
2554Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2555its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2556
2557 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2558
2559If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2560
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002561 :let perl_fold = 1
2562
2563If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2564
2565 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002566
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002567Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2568this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002569
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002570 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002571
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002572Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2573via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002574
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002575 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2576
2577Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2578behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2579
2580 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002581
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002582PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002583
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002584[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585it has been renamed to "php"]
2586
2587There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2588
2589If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2590
2591 let php_sql_query = 1
2592
2593For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2594
2595 let php_baselib = 1
2596
2597Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2598
2599 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2600
2601Using the old colorstyle: >
2602
2603 let php_oldStyle = 1
2604
2605Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2606
2607 let php_asp_tags = 1
2608
2609Disable short tags: >
2610
2611 let php_noShortTags = 1
2612
2613For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2614
2615 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2616
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002617For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002618one: >
2619
2620 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2621
2622Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2623
2624 let php_folding = 1
2625
2626Selecting syncing method: >
2627
2628 let php_sync_method = x
2629
2630x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2631x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2632x = 0 to sync from start.
2633
2634
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002635PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2636
2637TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2638variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002639see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002640
2641This syntax file has the option >
2642
2643 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2644
2645if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2646
2647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002648PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002649
2650PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2651
2652This syntax file has the options:
2653
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002654- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002655 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002656
2657 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002658 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002659
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002660 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002661 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002662 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002663
2664 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2665
2666- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2667 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2668
2669
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002670PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002671
2672There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2673
2674If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2675
2676 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2677
2678For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2679set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2680
2681 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2682
2683
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002684POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002685
2686There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2687
2688First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2689currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2690and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2691Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2692extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2693level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2694highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2695
2696 :let postscr_level=2
2697
2698If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2699the most prevalent version currently.
2700
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002701Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002702particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2703PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2704
2705If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2706Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2707follows: >
2708
2709 :let postscr_display=1
2710
2711If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2712Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2713postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2714
2715 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2716
2717PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2718useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2719cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2720character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2721explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2722highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2723
2724 :let postscr_fonts=1
2725 :let postscr_encodings=1
2726
2727There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2728PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2729operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2730if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2731operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2732or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2733highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2734postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2735
2736 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2737<
2738
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002739 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2740PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002741
2742This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2743
2744In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2745the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2746appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2747patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2748"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2749
2750For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2751files, add the following: >
2752
2753 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2754 \ set filetype=ptcap
2755
2756If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2757are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2758internal variable to a larger number: >
2759
2760 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2761
2762(The default is 20 lines.)
2763
2764
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002765PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002766
2767Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2768doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2769startup vimrc: >
2770 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2771The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2772Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2773 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2774 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2775
2776
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002777PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002778
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002779There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002780
2781For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002782 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783
2784For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002785 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002786
2787For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002788 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2789
2790For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2791 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2792or >
2793 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002794The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002795
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002796For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002797 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002798
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002799If you want all possible Python highlighting:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002800 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002801This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2802unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002804If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2805you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
2806Python 2 and up to Python 3.5.
2807 : let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
2808This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2809
2810Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2811 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2812
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002813
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002814QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002815
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002816The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2817based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2818between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2819definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2820to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2821be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002822
2823set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2824 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2825
2826set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2827 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2828
2829set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2830 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2831
2832Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2833commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2834
2835
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002836R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2837
2838The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2839can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2840 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2841
2842You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2843 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2844
2845enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2846braces: >
2847 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2848
2849and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2850 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2851
2852
2853R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2854
2855To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2856 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2857
2858To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2859 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2860
2861To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2862 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2863
2864By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2865language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2866you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2867`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2868you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2869 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2870
2871
2872R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2873
2874To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2875 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2876
2877
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002878READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002879
2880The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002881few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002882items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2883command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2884 let readline_has_bash = 1
2885
2886This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2887later, and part earlier) adds.
2888
2889
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002890REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2891
2892Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2893language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2894the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2895
2896
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002897RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2898
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002899Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2900select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2901syntax list.
2902
2903To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002904 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002905
2906To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2907`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2908 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002909 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2910 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002911 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002912 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002913
2914To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2915 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2916
2917To enable folding of sections: >
2918 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2919
2920Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2921
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002922
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002923REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002924
2925If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2926when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2927to a larger number: >
2928 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2929This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2930displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2931number is that redrawing can become slow.
2932
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002933Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2934comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2935your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2936>
2937 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2938
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002939
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002940RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002942 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2943 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2944 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2945 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2946 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2947
2948 *ruby_operators*
2949 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2950
2951Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2952
2953 :let ruby_operators = 1
2954<
2955 *ruby_space_errors*
2956 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2957
2958Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2959
2960 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2961<
2962This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2963as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2964"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2965spaces respectively.
2966
2967 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2968 Ruby: Folding ~
2969
2970Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2971
2972 :let ruby_fold = 1
2973<
2974This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2975buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2976filetypes.
2977
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002978Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2979"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2980
2981You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2982
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002983 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002984<
2985The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2986
2987 keyword meaning ~
2988 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2989 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2990 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002991 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002992 def "def" block
2993 class "class" block
2994 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002995 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002996 begin "begin" block
2997 case "case" block
2998 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002999 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3000 [ Array literal
3001 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3002 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003003 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003004 : Symbol
3005 # Multiline comment
3006 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003007 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3008
3009 *ruby_no_expensive*
3010 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003011
3012By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003013of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003014experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3015you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003016
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003017 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003018<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003019In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3020
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003021 *ruby_minlines*
3022
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003023If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3024scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3025the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003026
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003027 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003028<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3030largest class or module.
3031
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003032 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3033 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003034
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003035Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3036"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003037
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003038 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003039<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003040
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003041SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003042
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003043By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003044
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003045scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3046Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003047
3048
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003049SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050
3051The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3052of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3053
3054The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3055case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003056used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003057highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3058 :let sdl_2000=1
3059
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003060This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003061keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3062 :let SDL_no_96=1
3063
3064
3065The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3066satisfied with it for my own projects.
3067
3068
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003069SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003070
3071To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003072highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003073
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003074 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3075<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003076in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3077inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3078by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3079also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3080you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3081
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003082GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3083comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3084comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3085
3086 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3087<
3088Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3089not (yet) affected by this setting.
3090
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003091Bugs:
3092
3093 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3094 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3095 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3096 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3097 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3098 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3099
3100
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003101SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003102
3103The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3104
3105The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3106This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3107closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3108defined for you)
3109
3110Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3111names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3112
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003113Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3115
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003116Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003117are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3118text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3119<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3120
3121If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3122following syntax groups:
3123
3124 - sgmlBold
3125 - sgmlBoldItalic
3126 - sgmlUnderline
3127 - sgmlItalic
3128 - sgmlLink for links
3129
3130To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3131following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3132are read during initialization) >
3133 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3134
3135You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3136vimrc file: >
3137 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3138
3139(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3140
3141
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003142 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003143SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003144
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003145This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3146shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003147
3148Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003149various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150
3151 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3152 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3153<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003154See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3155cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3156/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3157that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3158shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3159symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003160
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003161One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003162variables in your <.vimrc>:
3163
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003164 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003165 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003166< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003167 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003168< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003169 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003170< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003171 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003172
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003173< (dash users should use posix)
3174
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003175If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3176default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003177the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3178statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003179sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003180
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003181The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3182
3183 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3184 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3185 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3186 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003187>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003188then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003189syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3190to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003191
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003192 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3193
3194If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3195when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003196to a larger number. Example: >
3197
3198 let sh_minlines = 500
3199
3200This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3201displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3202number is that redrawing can become slow.
3203
3204If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3205reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3206
3207 let sh_maxlines = 100
3208<
3209The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3210speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3211
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003212syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003213unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003214for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3215the following line in your .vimrc: >
3216
3217 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3218<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003219
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003220 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3221 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003222
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003223You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3224Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3225file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3226
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003227 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003228 " ==============
3229 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3230 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3231 unlet b:current_syntax
3232 endif
3233 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3234 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3235 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3236 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3237 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3238<
3239This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3240 awk '...awk code here...'
3241be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3242extended to other languages.
3243
3244
3245SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3246(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247
3248The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3249
3250- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3251 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3252 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3253
3254- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3255 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003256 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003257 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3258 them in the syntax file.
3259
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003260- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003261 highlighting of # style comments.
3262
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003263 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003264 number of #s.
3265
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003266 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003267 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003268
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003269 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003270 more than one #.
3271
3272Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003273PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3275the syntax file.
3276
3277
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003278SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3279 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003280 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003281
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003282While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3283custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3284SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003285
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003286Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3287scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3288supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3289buffer by buffer basis.
3290
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003291For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003292
3293
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003294SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3295
3296Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3297designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3298bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3299with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3300
3301
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003302TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003303
3304This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3305for how the filetype is detected.
3306
3307Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003308is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3309add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003310
3311 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3312
3313If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3314when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3315to a larger number: >
3316
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003317 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003318
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003319This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3320displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3321synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3322tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3323redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003324
3325
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003326TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003327 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003328
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003329 Tex Contents~
3330 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3331 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3332 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3333 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3334 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3335 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3336 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3337 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3338 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3339 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3340 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3341 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3342 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003343 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003344 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003345
3346 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003347 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003348
3349As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3350sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3351 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3352in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3353modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3354 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003355If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003356 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003357<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003358 *g:tex_nospell*
3359 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3360
3361If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3362 let g:tex_nospell=1
3363into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3364comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3365
3366 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003367 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003368
3369Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3370prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3371this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3372 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003373If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3374see |g:tex_nospell|.
3375
3376 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003377 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003378
3379Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3380one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3381want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3382 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003383<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003384 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003385 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003386
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003387The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3388highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3389texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3390terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3391as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003392special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3393 %stopzone
3394which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3395texMathZone.
3396
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003397 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003398 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003399
3400If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3401 :syn sync maxlines=200
3402 :syn sync minlines=50
3403(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003404increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003405if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3406
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003407Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3408|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3409
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003410 *g:tex_fast*
3411
3412Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3413
3414 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3415
3416in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3417highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3418synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3419price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3420folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3421
3422You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3423selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3424
3425 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3426 c : allow texComment syntax
3427 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3428 M : allow texMath syntax
3429 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3430 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3431 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3432 S : allow texStyle syntax
3433 v : allow verbatim syntax
3434 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3435<
3436As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3437but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003438(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003439
3440 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003441 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003442
3443LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3444of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3445package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3446it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3447techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003448by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3449which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3450http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003451
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003452I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3453
3454 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3455<
3456The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3457
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003458 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003459 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003460
3461The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3462although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3463errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3464you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003465 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003466and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003467
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003468 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003469 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003470
3471If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3472code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003473 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3474You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3475(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3476As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3477 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3478You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3479and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3480The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3481has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003482
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003483 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003484 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003485
3486One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3487commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3488following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3489such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3490
3491 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3492 :set ft=tex
3493
3494Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3495always accept such use of @.
3496
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003497 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003498 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003499
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003500If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3501number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3502including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3503superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3504superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3505In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3506
3507One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3508with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003509
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003510 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003511 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3512
3513You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003514<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3515for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003516
3517 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003518 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003519 d = delimiters
3520 m = math symbols
3521 g = Greek
3522 s = superscripts/subscripts
3523<
3524By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3525substitution will not be made.
3526
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003527 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3528 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3529
3530Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3531keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3532syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3533
3534 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3535 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3536 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003537 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003538 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3539 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3540 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003541 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003542
3543 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3544 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3545
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003546 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3547 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3548
3549 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3550
3551 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3552 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3553
3554 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3555 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3556 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3557 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3558
3559 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3560 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3561<
3562 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3563 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3564 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3565< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3566 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3567
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003568 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3569 Tex: Match Check Control~
3570
3571 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003572 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3573 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003574 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3575 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3576 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3577< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3578 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3579 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3580< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3581 regions, >
3582 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3583< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003584
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003585TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003586
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003587There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3588
3589For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3590set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3591
3592 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3593<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003594VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3595 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003596There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003597updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3598g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3599improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003601 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3602 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3603<
3604 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3605 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003607 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3608The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3609embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003610
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003611 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3612 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003613 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3614 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3615 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3616 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3617 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003618<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003619By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3620itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3621of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3622and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003623 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003624
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003625Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003626
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003627 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3628 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3629 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003630 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003631 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3632 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3633 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3634 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3635 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003636<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003637 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003638Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3639is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003640highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003641
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003642 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3643<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003644
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003645
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003646WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3647
3648The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3649with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3650bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3651https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3652
3653
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003654XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003655
3656The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3657variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3658You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3659xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3660your .vimrc. Example: >
3661 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3662When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3663
3664Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3665"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3666highlighted.
3667
3668
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003669XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003670
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003671Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003672setting a global variable: >
3673
3674 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3675<
3676 *xml-folding*
3677The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003678start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003679
3680 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3681 :set foldmethod=syntax
3682
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003683Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003684especially for large files.
3685
3686
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003687X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003688
3689xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3690XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3691you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3692
3693To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3694somewhere else with "P".
3695
3696Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3697 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003698 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003699 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003700 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3701 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003702 :endfunction
3703 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3704 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3705This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3706It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3707must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3708
3709It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3710 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3711
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003712
3713YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3714
3715 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003716A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3717non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3718plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3719and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3720integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003721will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3722
3723Schema Description ~
3724failsafe No additional highlighting.
3725json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3726core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003727pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3728 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3729 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003730 schema.
3731
3732Default schema is `core`.
3733
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003734Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3735only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003736difference defined in the syntax file.
3737
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003738
3739ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3740
3741The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3742
3743 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3744
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003745==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037466. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003747
3748Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3749
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037501. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003751 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3752 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3753 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3754 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3755 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3756
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037572. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003758 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3759
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037603. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003761 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3762 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3763 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3764
3765Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3766you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3767to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3768and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3769"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3770one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3771This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3772each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3773for a lot of groups.
3774
3775Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3776group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3777for the syntax group with the same name.
3778
3779In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3780defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3781using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3782match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3783keyword with ignoring case.
3784
3785
3786PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3787
3788When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3789
37901. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3791 defined last has priority.
37922. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37933. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3794 start in later positions.
3795
3796
3797DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3798
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003799:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003800 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3801 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3802 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3803 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3804
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003805:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003806 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003807
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003808
3809DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3810
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003811:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3812:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003813 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3814 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3815
3816 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3817 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3818
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003819 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003820 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3821 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3822 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3823
3824:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003825 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3826 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003827
3828 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3829
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003830SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3831
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003832:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3833:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3834:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003835 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3836 in a syntax item:
3837
3838 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3839 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3840 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3841
3842 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3843 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3844 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3845
3846 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3847
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003848:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003849 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3850 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003851
3852
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003853SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3854
3855:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3856 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3857 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3858
3859 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3860 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003861 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003862
3863 Example: >
3864 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3865<
3866 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3867 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3868 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3869
3870 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3871
3872 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003873 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003874 match.
3875
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003876 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3877 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003878 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003879
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003880DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3881
3882:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3883
3884 This defines a number of keywords.
3885
3886 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3887 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3888 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3889
3890 Example: >
3891 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3892<
3893 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3894 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3895 These examples do exactly the same: >
3896 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3897 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3898 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003899< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003900 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3901 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3902 variations at once: >
3903 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3904<
3905 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3906 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3907 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3908 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3909 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003910 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003911
3912 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3913 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3914 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3915
3916 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3917 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3918 instead.
3919
3920 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3921
3922 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3923 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3924 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003925 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003926 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3927 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3928< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3929 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3930 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3931
3932
3933DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3934
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003935:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3936 [excludenl]
3937 [keepend]
3938 {pattern}
3939 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003940
3941 This defines one match.
3942
3943 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3944 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3945 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3946 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3947 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003948 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3949 match with the end pattern. See
3950 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003951 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3952 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3953 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3954 line, which makes the match depend on where
3955 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3956 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3957
3958 Example (match a character constant): >
3959 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3960<
3961
3962DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3963 *E398* *E399*
3964:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3965 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3966 [keepend]
3967 [extend]
3968 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003969 start={start-pattern} ..
3970 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3971 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003972 [{options}]
3973
3974 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3975
3976 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3977 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3978 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3979 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3980 for the text in between the matched start and
3981 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3982 a different group for the start or end match.
3983 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3984 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3985 match with the end pattern. See
3986 |:syn-keepend|.
3987 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003988 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003989 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3990 extend a containing match or item. Only
3991 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3992 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003993 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003994 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003995 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003996 the region where not to look for the end
3997 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003998 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003999 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4000
4001 Example: >
4002 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4003<
4004 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4005 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4006 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4007 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4008 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4009 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4010
4011 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4012 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4013 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4014 the end patterns.
4015
4016 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4017 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4018 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4019
4020 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4021 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4022 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4023 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4024
4025 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4026 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4027 work: >
4028 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4029 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4030< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4031 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4032 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4033 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4034 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4035< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4036 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4037
4038 *:syn-keepend*
4039 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4040 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4041 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4042 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4043 { starts outer "{}" region
4044 { starts contained "{}" region
4045 } ends contained "{}" region
4046 } ends outer "{} region
4047 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4048 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4049 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4050 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4051 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4052 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4053 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4054< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4055 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4056
4057 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4058 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4059 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4060 contained matches.
4061 *:syn-extend*
4062 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4063 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4064 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4065 extended.
4066 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4067 others don't. Example: >
4068
4069 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4070 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4071 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4072
4073< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4074 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4075 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4076
4077 Another example: >
4078 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4079< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4080 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4081 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4082 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4083 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4084
4085 *:syn-excludenl*
4086 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4087 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4088 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4089 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4090 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4091 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4092 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4093 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4094 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4095 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4096 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4097 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4098 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4099
4100 *:syn-matchgroup*
4101 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4102 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4103 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4104< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4105 between with the "String" group.
4106 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4107 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4108 using a matchgroup.
4109
4110 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4111 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4112 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4113 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4114 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4115
4116 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4117 different colors: >
4118 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4119 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4120 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4121 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4122 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4123 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004124<
4125 *E849*
4126The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004127
4128==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041297. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004130
4131The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4132The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4133and may be mixed with patterns.
4134
4135Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4136can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004137 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004138 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4139:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4140:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4141:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004142
4143These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004144 conceal
4145 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004146 contained
4147 containedin
4148 nextgroup
4149 transparent
4150 skipwhite
4151 skipnl
4152 skipempty
4153
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004154conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4155
4156When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004157Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004158'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4159concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4160edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004161Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004162
4163concealends *:syn-concealends*
4164
4165When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4166the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4167Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4168'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4169in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4170
4171cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004172 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004173The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4174when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4175argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004176character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4177a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004178 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004179See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004180
4181contained *:syn-contained*
4182
4183When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4184the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4185another match. Example: >
4186 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4187 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4188
4189
4190display *:syn-display*
4191
4192If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4193detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4194by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4195to be displayed.
4196
4197Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4198conditions:
4199- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4200 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4201 line.
4202- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4203 make it continue on the next line.
4204- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4205 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4206 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4207- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4208 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4209 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4210 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4211
4212Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4213- match with a number
4214- match with a label
4215
4216
4217transparent *:syn-transparent*
4218
4219If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4220itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4221is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4222only to skip over a part of the text.
4223
4224The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4225unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4226avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4227highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4228 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4229 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4230 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4231 :hi link myString String
4232 :hi link myWord Comment
4233Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4234match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4235argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4236it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4237out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004238"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004239happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4240position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4241
4242When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4243items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4244see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4245through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4246
4247 look from here
4248
4249 | | | | | |
4250 V V V V V V
4251
4252 xxxx yyy more contained items
4253 .................... contained item (transparent)
4254 ============================= first item
4255
4256The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4257transparent group.
4258
4259What you see is:
4260
4261 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4262
4263Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4264
4265
4266oneline *:syn-oneline*
4267
4268The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4269boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4270region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4271the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4272continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4273line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4274
4275When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4276pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4277end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4278means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4279be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4280line break.
4281
4282
4283fold *:syn-fold*
4284
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004285The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004286Example: >
4287 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4288 :syn sync fromstart
4289 :set foldmethod=syntax
4290This will make each {} block form one fold.
4291
4292The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4293ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4294The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004295See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4296from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004297{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4298
4299
4300 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004301contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004302
4303The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4304groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4305containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4306regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4307this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4308here.
4309
4310contains=ALL
4311 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4312 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4313
4314contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4315 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4316 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4317 are listed. Example: >
4318 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4319
4320contains=TOP
4321 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4322 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4323 argument.
4324contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4325 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4326
4327contains=CONTAINED
4328 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4329 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4330 argument.
4331contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4332 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4333 listed.
4334
4335
4336The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4337that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4338The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4339 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4340The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4341that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4342command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4343syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4344the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4345group names.
4346
4347The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4348region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4349|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4350region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4351area that is highlighted
4352
4353
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004354containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004355
4356The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4357item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4358containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4359
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004360The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004361
4362This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4363be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4364of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4365the C syntax: >
4366 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4367Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4368level.
4369
4370Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4371appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4372keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4373work.
4374
4375
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004376nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004377
4378The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4379separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4380
4381If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4382tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4383a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4384will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4385current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4386other groups. Example: >
4387 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4388 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4389 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4390
4391This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4392"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4393highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4394
4395 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4396 fff bbb fff bbb
4397
4398Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4399when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4400highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4401would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4402
4403
4404skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4405skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4406skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4407
4408These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4409used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004410 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004411 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4412 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4413
4414When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4415next group that matches the white space.
4416
4417When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4418line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4419line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4420the current item in the same line.
4421
4422When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4423groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4424for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4425space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4426
4427Example: >
4428 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4429 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4430 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4431Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4432match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4433precedence.
4434Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4435"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4436example).
4437
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004438IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4439
4440:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4441 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4442 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4443 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4444 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4445 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4446 given explicitly.
4447
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004448:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004449 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004450
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004451==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044528. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004453
4454In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4455characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4456use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4457use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4458 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4459 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4460
4461See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004462always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004463value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4464not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4465independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4466
4467Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4468This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4469
4470 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4471The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4472change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4473match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4474are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4475pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4476
4477The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4478The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4479
4480ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4481me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4482hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4483he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4484rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4485re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4486lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4487
4488The {offset} can be:
4489
4490s start of the matched pattern
4491s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4492s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4493e end of the matched pattern
4494e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4495e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004496{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004497
4498Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4499
4500Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4501meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4502
4503 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4504match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4505region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4506region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4507region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4508
4509Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4510 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4511<
4512 some "string" text
4513 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4514
4515Notes:
4516- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4517 offset(s).
4518- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4519- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4520 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004521- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004522 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004523 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004524- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4525 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4526 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4527
4528Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4529 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4530<
4531 /* this is a comment */
4532 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4533
4534A more complicated Example: >
4535 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4536<
4537 abcfoostringbarabc
4538 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004539 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004540
4541Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4542
4543Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4544with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004545in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004546
4547The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4548be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4549cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4550characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4551used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4552specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4553
4554 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4555 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4556 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4557<
4558 ___zzzz ___wwww
4559 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4560 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4561 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4562
4563The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4564unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4565
4566
4567Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4568
4569The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4570expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4571
4572When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4573allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004574following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4575the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004576
4577The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4578continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4579matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4580halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4581previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4582is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4583 x x a
4584 b x x
4585Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4586after the "\n".
4587
4588
4589External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4590
4591These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4592
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004593 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004594 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4595 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4596 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004597
4598 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4599 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4600 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4601 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4602
4603Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4604sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4605shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4606items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4607referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4608example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4609 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4610
4611As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4612it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004613changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004614first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4615also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004616 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004617
4618Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4619indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4620to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4621Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4622within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4623sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4624the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4625
4626Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4627cannot be referred to.
4628
4629==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046309. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004631
4632:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4633 [add={group-name}..]
4634 [remove={group-name}..]
4635
4636This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4637single name.
4638
4639 contains={group-name}..
4640 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4641 add={group-name}..
4642 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4643 remove={group-name}..
4644 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4645
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004646A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4647nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4648this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004649
4650Example: >
4651 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4652 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4653
4654As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4655retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4656to speak: >
4657 :syntax keyword A aaa
4658 :syntax keyword B bbb
4659 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4660 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4661 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4662
4663This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4664 :syntax keyword A aaa
4665 :syntax keyword B bbb
4666 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4667 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4668 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4669 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4670 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004671<
4672 *E848*
4673The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004674
4675==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100467610. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004677
4678It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4679a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4680two different ways:
4681
4682 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4683 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4684 the |:runtime| command: >
4685
4686 " In cpp.vim:
4687 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4688 :unlet b:current_syntax
4689
4690< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4691 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4692 ":syntax include" command:
4693
4694:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4695
4696 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4697 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4698 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4699 that list. >
4700
4701 " In perl.vim:
4702 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4703 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4704<
4705 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4706 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4707 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4708 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4709 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004710 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4711 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004712
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004713 *E847*
4714The maximum number of includes is 999.
4715
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004716==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100471711. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004718
4719Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4720make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4721redrawing starts.
4722
4723:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4724
4725There are four ways to synchronize:
47261. Always parse from the start of the file.
4727 |:syn-sync-first|
47282. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4729 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4730 |:syn-sync-second|
47313. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4732 |:syn-sync-third|
47334. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4734 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4735
4736 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4737For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4738limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4739
4740If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4741that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4742lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4743
4744If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4745for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4746adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4747slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004748 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004749<
4750 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4751When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4752cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4753start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4754the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4755break use this: >
4756 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4757The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4758change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4759value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4760
4761
4762First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4763>
4764 :syntax sync fromstart
4765
4766The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4767accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4768so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004769when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004770case: to the end of the file).
4771
4772Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4773
4774
4775Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4776
4777For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4778Example: >
4779 :syntax sync ccomment
4780
4781When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4782comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4783used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4784An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4785 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4786This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4787used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4788region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4789
4790The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4791lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4792lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4793lines, but it hard to sync on).
4794
4795Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4796that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4797is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4798chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4799is hardly ever noticed.
4800
4801
4802Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4803
4804For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4805Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4806means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4807Example: >
4808 :syntax sync minlines=50
4809
4810"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4811
4812
4813Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4814
4815The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4816sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4817region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4818starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4819the search continues backwards in the file.
4820
4821This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4822matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4823- Keywords cannot be used.
4824- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4825 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4826- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4827 forwards.
4828- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4829 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4830 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004831 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004832- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4833 group of continued lines).
4834- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4835 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4836 line (or group of continued lines).
4837- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4838 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4839 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4840 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4841
4842There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48431. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4844 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4845 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4846 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48472. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4848 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4849 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4850 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4851Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4852
4853Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4854avoid finding unwanted matches.
4855
4856[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4857search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4858highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4859faster.]
4860
4861 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4862 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4863
4864 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4865 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4866 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4867 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4868 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4869
4870 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4871 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4872
4873 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4874 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4875 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4876 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4877 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4878 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4879 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4880 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4881 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4882 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4883
4884 :syntax sync match ..
4885 :syntax sync region ..
4886
4887 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4888 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4889
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004890 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4892
4893 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4894 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4895 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4896
4897If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4898searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4899few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4900 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4901
4902You can clear all sync settings with: >
4903 :syntax sync clear
4904
4905You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4906 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4907
4908==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100490912. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004910
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004911This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004912
4913 :sy[ntax] [list]
4914
4915To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4916
4917 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4918
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004919To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004920
4921 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4922
4923See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4924
4925Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4926is mostly used, because it looks better.
4927
4928==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100492913. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004930
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004931In the next section you can find information about indivisual highlight groups
4932and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4933of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004934
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004935 colorscheme pablo
4936<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004937 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004938:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4939 This is basically the same as >
4940 :echo g:colors_name
4941< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4942 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4943 feature it will output "unknown".
4944
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004945:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004946 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004947 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004948 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4949 "start" and then under "opt".
4950
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004951 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004952 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004953
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004954You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4955appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4956the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4957darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004958
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004959 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4960 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004961<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004962For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4963use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4964the original color scheme: >
4965 runtime colors/evening.vim
4966 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004967
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004968Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4969(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4970autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4971|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4972
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01004973 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004974If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4975using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4976color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4977 augroup my_colorschemes
4978 au!
4979 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4980 augroup END
4981
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004982Change a couple more colors: >
4983 augroup my_colorschemes
4984 au!
4985 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00004986 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004987 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4988 augroup END
4989
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004990If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4991colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4992 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4993 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4994
4995With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4996different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4997group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4998you can find them here:
4999https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5000
5001For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5002 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5003
5004
5005==============================================================================
500614. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5007
5008There are three types of highlight groups:
5009- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5010 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5011 linked to a group of the second type.
5012- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5013- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5014 *hitest.vim*
5015You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5016 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5017This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5018in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005019
5020:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5021 attributes set.
5022
5023:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5024 List one highlight group.
5025
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005026 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005027:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005028 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005029 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5030 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005031 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005032
5033:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5034:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5035 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5036 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5037
5038:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5039 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005040 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005041 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005042 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005043 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5044 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5045 argument.
5046
5047Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5048default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5049highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5050values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5051the default value.
5052
5053A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5054a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5055
5056 :hi Comment gui=bold
5057
5058Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5059specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5060result is like this single command has been used: >
5061 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5062<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005063 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005064When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5065also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5066 :verbose hi Comment
5067< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005068 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005069
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005070When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5071mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005073 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5074There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5075term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005076cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005077 termcap entry)
5078gui the GUI
5079
5080For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5081the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5082
50831. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5084
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005085 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005086 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5087 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5088 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005089term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005090 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005091 following items (in any order):
5092 bold
5093 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005094 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005095 underdouble not always available
5096 underdotted not always available
5097 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005098 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005099 reverse
5100 inverse same as reverse
5101 italic
5102 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005103 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005104 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5105
5106 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5107 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005108 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005109 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005110 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005111 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5112 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5113 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5114 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5115 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5116
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005117< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5118 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5119 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5120 have to specify the codes like this: >
5121 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5122 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5123 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5124< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5125 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5126 fallback.
5127
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005128
5129start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5130stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5131 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5132 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5133
5134 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5135 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5136 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5137 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5138 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5139 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5140 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5141
5142 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5143
5144 1. A string with escape sequences.
5145 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5146 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5147 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5148 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5149
5150 2. A list of terminal codes.
5151 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5152 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5153 White space is not allowed. Example:
5154 start=t_C1,t_BL
5155 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5156
5157
51582. highlight arguments for color terminals
5159
5160cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5161 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5162 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5163 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5164 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005165 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5166 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5167 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005168
5169ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5170ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005171ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5172 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5173 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5174
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005175 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5176 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5177 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5178 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5179 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5180 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5181
5182 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5183 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5184 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5185 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5186 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005187 *tmux*
5188 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5189 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005190 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5191 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005192< More info at:
5193 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5194 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005195
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005196 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5197 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5198 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005199 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5200 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5201
5202 *cterm-colors*
5203 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5204 0 0 Black
5205 1 4 DarkBlue
5206 2 2 DarkGreen
5207 3 6 DarkCyan
5208 4 1 DarkRed
5209 5 5 DarkMagenta
5210 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5211 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5212 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5213 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5214 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5215 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5216 12 1* Red, LightRed
5217 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5218 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5219 15 7* White
5220
5221 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5222 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5223 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5224 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5225 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5226 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5227 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5228 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5229 a number instead of a color name.
5230
5231 The case of the color names is ignored.
5232 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005233 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5234 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005235
5236 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5237 colors!
5238
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005239 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5240
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5242 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5243 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5244 Example: >
5245 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5246< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005247 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5248 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5249 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5250 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5251 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005252 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005253 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005254 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005255
5256 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5257 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5258 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5259 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005260 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5261 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5262 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5263 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5264 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005265 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5266< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005267 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005268 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5269
5270
52713. highlight arguments for the GUI
5272
5273gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5274 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5275 See |attr-list| for a description.
5276 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5277 have the same effect.
5278 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5279
5280font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5281 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5282 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5283 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5284<
5285 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5286 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5287 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5288 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005289 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005290 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5291 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5292 changed.
5293 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5294 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5295 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005296 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5297 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5298 Example: >
5299 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005300
5301guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5302guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005303guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5304 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005305 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5306 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005307 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005308 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005309 bg use normal background color
5310 background use normal background color
5311 fg use normal foreground color
5312 foreground use normal foreground color
5313 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5314 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5315 Example: >
5316 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5317<
5318 *gui-colors*
5319 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5320 Red LightRed DarkRed
5321 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5322 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5323 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5324 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5325 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5326 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5327 Black White
5328 Orange Purple Violet
5329
5330 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5331 |win32-colors|.
5332
5333 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5334 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5335 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005336 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005337 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005338 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005339 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005340<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005341 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005342 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5343 example: >
5344
5345 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5346 # override it.
5347 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5348 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5349<
5350 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5351 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5352 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5353 scheme: >
5354
5355 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5356 colorscheme alt
5357<
5358 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5359 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5360 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5361 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5362 by a color scheme using: >
5363
5364 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5365 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5366<
5367
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005368 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5369These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5370'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5371of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5372command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005373When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5374unreadable use Visual selection.
5375
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005376 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005377ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005378 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005379Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5380 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005381 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005382Cursor Character under the cursor.
5383lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5384 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005385 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005386CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005387 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005388CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005389 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005390CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005391 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005392Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005393 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005394DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005395 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005396DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005397 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005398DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005399 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005400DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005401 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005402EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005403 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005404 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005405ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005406 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005407VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005408 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005409Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005410 *hl-FoldColumn*
5411FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5412 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005413SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005414 *hl-IncSearch*
5415IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005416 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005417 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005418LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005419 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005420 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5421LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5422 option is set, above the cursor line.
5423 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5424LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5425 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005426 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005427CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5428 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005429 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5430CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005431 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5432CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005433 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005434MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005435 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005436 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005437MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5438 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005439 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005440ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005441 *hl-MoreMsg*
5442MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5443 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005444NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5445 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5446 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5447 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5448 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005449 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005450Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005451 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005452Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005453 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005454PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005455 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005456PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005457 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5458PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005459 *hl-PopupNotification*
5460PopupNotification
5461 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5462 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005463 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005464Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005465 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5466QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467 *hl-Search*
5468Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005469 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005470 *hl-CurSearch*
5471CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005472 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5473 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005474 *hl-SpecialKey*
5475SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5476 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005477 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005478 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005479 *hl-SpellBad*
5480SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5481 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005482 *hl-SpellCap*
5483SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5484 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005485 *hl-SpellLocal*
5486SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5487 used in another region. |spell|
5488 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5489 *hl-SpellRare*
5490SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5491 hardly ever used. |spell|
5492 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005493 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005494StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005495 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5496StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005497 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005498 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005499 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005500StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005501 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005502StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5503 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005504 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005505TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005506 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005507TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005508 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005509TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005510 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005511Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005512 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005513Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005514 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005515Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005516 *hl-VisualNOS*
5517VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5518 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5519 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005520WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005521 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005522WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005523
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005524 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005525The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005526statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005528For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5530Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5531and guifg.
5532
5533 *hl-Menu*
5534Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5535 Also used for the toolbar.
5536 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5537
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005538 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005539 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5540 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5541 set.
5542
5543 *hl-Scrollbar*
5544Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5545 scrollbars.
5546 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5547
5548 *hl-Tooltip*
5549Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5550 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5551
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005552 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005553 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5554 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5555 set.
5556
5557==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100555815. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005559
5560When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5561can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5562group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5563
5564To set a link:
5565
5566 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5567
5568To remove a link:
5569
5570 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5571
5572Notes: *E414*
5573- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5574 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5575- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5576 removed.
5577- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5578 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5579 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5580 links for groups that already have settings.
5581
5582 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5583The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5584group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5585will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5586
5587Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5588specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5589 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5590If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5591 :highlight link cComment Question
5592Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5593overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5594
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005595To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5596highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5597another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5598"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5599 highlight! default link cComment Question
5600
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005601==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100560216. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005603
5604If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5605command: >
5606 :syntax clear
5607
5608This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5609or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5610in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5611load the syntax file.
5612The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5613loaded after this command.
5614
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005615To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5616 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5617This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5618
5619To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5620 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5621This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5622
5623 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005624If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5625the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5626 :syntax off
5627
5628What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5629 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5630See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5631$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5632
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005633 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5634If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5635defaults back: >
5636
5637 :syntax reset
5638
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005639It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5640affects the highlighting.
5641
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005642This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5643
5644Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5645back to their Vim default.
5646Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5647scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5648
5649What this actually does is: >
5650
5651 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5652 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5653
5654Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5655
5656 *syncolor*
5657If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5658script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5659'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5660the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5661reset" command.
5662
5663For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5664
5665 if &background == "light"
5666 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5667 else
5668 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5669 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005670<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005671 *E679*
5672Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5673'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5674endless loop.
5675
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005676Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5677your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5678depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5679
5680 *syntax_cmd*
5681The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5682syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005683 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005684 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005685 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5686 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5687 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005688 the colors.
5689 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5690 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5691 them.
5692
5693==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100569417. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695
5696If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5697mappings.
5698
5699 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5700 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5701>
5702 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5703 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5704
5705WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5706memory Vim will consume.
5707
5708Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005709must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5710at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005711
5712Put these lines in your Makefile:
5713
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005714# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715types: types.vim
5716types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005717 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005718 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5719 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5720
5721And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5722
5723 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005724 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005725 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005726 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005727 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5728
5729==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100573018. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005731
5732Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5733possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5734private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5735with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5736highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5737italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5738
5739To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5740windows on the buffer: >
5741 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005742< *w:current_syntax*
5743This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5744"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5745restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5746"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5747"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005748Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005749
5750Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005751on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005752syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005753same buffer.
5754
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005755A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5756is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5757When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005758
5759==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100576019. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005761
5762Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5763default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5764 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5765 : if has("terminfo")
5766 : set t_Co=8
5767 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5768 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5769 : else
5770 : set t_Co=8
5771 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5772 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5773 : endif
5774 :endif
5775< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5776
5777You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5778e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5779
5780Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5781be wrong.
5782 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5783The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5784But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5785 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5786 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5787<
5788 *colortest.vim*
5789To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005790To use it, execute this command: >
5791 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005792
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005793Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005794output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5795at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5796colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5797
5798 *xfree-xterm*
5799To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005800included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005801at: >
5802 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5803Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5804termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5805supports. >
5806 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5807If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5808(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5809
5810This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5811 :if has("terminfo")
5812 : set t_Co=16
5813 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5814 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5815 :else
5816 : set t_Co=16
5817 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5818 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5819 :endif
5820< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5821
5822Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5823translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5824Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5825
5826For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5827
5828 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5829 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5830
5831Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5832and try if that works.
5833
5834You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5835 XTerm*color0: #000000
5836 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5837 XTerm*color2: #008000
5838 XTerm*color3: #808000
5839 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5840 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5841 XTerm*color6: #008080
5842 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5843 XTerm*color8: #808080
5844 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5845 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5846 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5847 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5848 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5849 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5850 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5851 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5852
5853[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5854cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005855newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856
5857To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5858Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5859 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5860<
5861 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5862To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5863Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5864these resources:
5865 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5866 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5867 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5868 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5869
5870 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005871These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005872foreground colors: >
5873 :if has("terminfo")
5874 : set t_Co=8
5875 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5876 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5877 :else
5878 : set t_Co=8
5879 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5880 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5881 :endif
5882< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5883
5884 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5885These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5886emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5887bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5888 :set t_Co=16
5889 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5890 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5891<
5892 *TTpro-telnet*
5893These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5894open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5895 set t_Co=16
5896 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5897 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5898Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5899that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5900(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5901
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005902
5903==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100590420. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005905
5906This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5907
5908If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5909faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5910as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5911
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005912Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005913You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5914
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005915To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5916sequence: >
5917 :syntime on
5918 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5919 :syntime report
5920
5921This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5922it took to match them against the text.
5923
5924:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5925 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5926 matching.
5927
5928:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5929
5930:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5931
5932:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5933 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5934 the output.
5935
5936 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5937 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5938 matching this pattern.
5939 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5940 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5941 matched
5942 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5943 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5944 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5945 this is not unique.
5946 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5947
5948Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5949include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5950pattern does NOT match.
5951
5952When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5953all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5954literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5955
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005956"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005957 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005958"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005959
5960
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005961 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: